WO2018180069A1 - Pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018180069A1
WO2018180069A1 PCT/JP2018/006602 JP2018006602W WO2018180069A1 WO 2018180069 A1 WO2018180069 A1 WO 2018180069A1 JP 2018006602 W JP2018006602 W JP 2018006602W WO 2018180069 A1 WO2018180069 A1 WO 2018180069A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
acid
atom
represented
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/006602
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
創 古谷
三千紘 白川
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2018180069A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018180069A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F30/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal
    • C08F30/04Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal
    • C08F30/08Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal containing silicon
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/36Imagewise removal not covered by groups G03F7/30 - G03F7/34, e.g. using gas streams, using plasma

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing an acid-decomposable resin containing Si atoms.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a maleimide resin.
  • the maleimide-based resin has a structure in which an amino group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms, and the leaving group is released by the action of an acid generated from a photoacid generator during exposure.
  • the present inventors use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 and a pattern formed by the pattern forming method as a mask, and an object to be etched (for example, an SOC film).
  • an object to be etched for example, an SOC film.
  • the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is not always sufficient, and it is clear that there is room for further improvement.
  • the present inventors made further investigations and found that the inferior pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is due to the pattern used as a mask during etching.
  • this invention makes it a subject to provide the pattern formation method which forms the pattern which can give the to-be-etched object which has the outstanding pattern uniformity. Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the said pattern formation method.
  • the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by a pattern forming method using a resin having a specific structure, and have completed the present invention. That is, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the following configuration.
  • a resist film forming step of forming a resist film using a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising:
  • the chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is A resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity;
  • a photoacid generator The group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and increases in polarity has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the pattern forming method wherein the leaving group contains Si atoms, and the molecular weight of the leaving group is 500 or less.
  • the group which is decomposed by the action of the acid and increases in polarity has a structure represented by the general formula (a) described later, or a structure represented by the general formula (b) described later.
  • the pattern according to [1] or [2], wherein the resin has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1A) or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2A). Forming method.
  • X 1 is an organic group represented by general formula (1A-2) described later.
  • the pattern formation method which forms the pattern which can give the to-be-etched object which has the outstanding pattern uniformity can be provided.
  • the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the said pattern formation method can be provided.
  • active light or “radiation” refers to, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-ray, and electron beam (EB). : Electron Beam) or the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification includes not only exposure with an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and This includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
  • to is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of a resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refractive index It is defined as a polystyrene-converted value by a detector (Refractive Index Detector).
  • the notation that does not indicate substitution or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent together with a group not having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the “organic group” refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom.
  • the substituent can be selected from the following substituent group T.
  • substituent T examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group An alkyl sulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulf
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a resist film forming step of forming a resist film using a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an exposure step of exposing the resist film, and an exposure step.
  • the chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method is a resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin”). Or a “resin (A)”) and a photoacid generator, and a group that is decomposed by the action of the acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”).
  • the polar group is protected by a leaving group that decomposes and leaves by the action of an acid.
  • the leaving group contains Si atoms and has a molecular weight of 500 or less.
  • the “chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition” means a resin composition in which a chemical reaction in a system initiated by exposure is chained catalytically.
  • the acid generated from the photoacid generator upon exposure causes a deprotection reaction of the acid-decomposable group (that is, a reaction in which the leaving group is eliminated by the action of the acid), and the polar group of the resin and the acid In which this chemical reaction proceeds in a chained manner.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in Patent Document 2 is a so-called chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive resin composition because the amino group of the maleimide resin formed after exposure deactivates the acid. It does not correspond to a radiation sensitive resin composition.
  • the development step is carried out by dry development instead of conventional liquid development.
  • the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is excellent.
  • the leaving group for protecting the polar group contains Si atoms, the molecular weight is 500 or less, and the post-exposure heating. The point which implements a process is mentioned.
  • an acid-decomposable group in the acid-decomposable resin is deprotected by an acid generated from the photoacid generator upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, a reaction occurs in which the leaving group in the acid-decomposable group is eliminated by the action of an acid in the exposed portion of the resist film.
  • image development is implemented by dry image development (for example, oxygen plasma etching). This dry development may also serve to etch the object to be etched as shown in the example column.
  • the dry development process after exposure of the resist film formed on the object to be etched and the etching of the object to be etched may be performed as the same process.
  • the etching when the leaving group containing Si atoms remains in the resist film after the exposure, the difference in the content of Si atoms between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion is reduced. It has been found that the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is inferior.
  • the polar group in the acid-decomposable resin, the polar group is protected with a leaving group containing a Si atom and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, and a post-exposure heating step is performed. It is solved by.
  • the leaving group is easily volatilized in the post-exposure heating step, and this configuration can increase the difference in Si atom content between the exposed and unexposed areas during dry development. That is, the unexposed portion has high etching resistance, and the exposed portion has low etching resistance. As a result, the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is excellent.
  • the acid-decomposable resin has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) (preferably, X 1 in the general formula (1A) is represented by the general formula (1A-2).
  • a group having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (2A) preferably, X 2 in the general formula (2A) is a group represented by the general formula (2A-2)
  • the leaving group is more likely to volatilize in the post-exposure heating process, resulting in a greater difference in Si atom content between the exposed and unexposed areas, and the pattern uniformity of the etched object. Better.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises: (I) a step of forming a resist film (actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film) using a chemically amplified actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition described later (resist film forming step); (Ii) a step of exposing the resist film (irradiating actinic rays or radiation) (exposure step); (Iii) A step of heating the exposed resist film (post-exposure heating (PEB: Post (Exposure Bake) step), and (Iv) Development process for dry development of the heated resist film (dry development process)
  • PEB Post (Exposure Bake
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iv), and may further include the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (ii) a preheating (PB) step before the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) an exposure step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iii) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the above-mentioned (i) resist film forming step, (ii) exposure step, (iii) post-exposure heating step, and (iv) dry development step are performed by generally known methods. It can be carried out.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the protective film a known material can be appropriately used. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No.
  • composition for forming a protective film a composition containing an acid diffusion controller described later is preferable. Moreover, you may form a protective film in the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin mentioned later.
  • the resist film is preferably formed on a support.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and for example, an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 , or SiN, or a coating inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin on Glass) can be used.
  • the support may be a substrate having an inorganic substrate (for example, a SiO 2 substrate) and a lower layer film such as SOC (Spin on Carbon) formed on the inorganic substrate.
  • a substrate generally used in other photofabrication lithography processes can also be used as the support.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 130 ° C. in both (v) the preheating step and (iii) the post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both (v) the preheating step and (iii) the post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the light source wavelength used for an exposure process For example, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray
  • far ultraviolet light is preferable, and the wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and further preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), an X-ray, an EUV (13 nm), an electron beam, etc.
  • a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferred.
  • the method of the dry developing device is not particularly limited, but ICP (Inductive Coupled Plasma) type, dual frequency CCP (Conductive Coupled Plasma capacitive coupling) type, and ECR (Electron cyclotron resonance) type; A method in which the plasma density and the bias voltage can be independently controlled is preferable. Any known method can be used for dry development, and various conditions are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate. For example, Bulletin of International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. Etching can be performed in accordance with 6924, 692420 (2008) and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112. Further, the method described in “Chapter 4 Etching” of “Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition, 2007, Publisher: SEMI Japan” can be used.
  • dry development is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the oxygen plasma etching here means plasma etching using a gas containing oxygen atoms (hereinafter also referred to as “oxygen-containing gas”).
  • oxygen-containing gas include O 2 , O 3 , CO, CO 2 , NO, NO 2 , N 2 O, SO, SO 2 , and COS.
  • the oxygen-containing gas may contain a gas such as Ar, He, Xe, Kr, and N 2 as a dilution gas.
  • the oxygen-containing gas may contain a gas such as Cl 2 , HBr, BCl 3 , CH 4 , and NH 4 as an additive gas.
  • Various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention have impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers. It is preferably not included.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not (less than the detection limit of the measuring device). Is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • a filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used.
  • a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
  • a filter with reduced effluent as disclosed in JP-A-2016-201426 is preferable.
  • impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent a known adsorbent can be used.
  • an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in JP-A-2016-206500.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials.
  • a method of performing distillation under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like can be mentioned.
  • Teflon registered trademark
  • the preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, a method of processing a pattern by a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 is cited.
  • JP 2004-235468 A, US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
  • the pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (Core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
  • the chemical amplification type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) that can be used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described below.
  • the composition of the present invention has a resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin (A)”) having a group (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity. Containing).
  • Resin (A) is a resin having a structure in which a polar group contains a Si atom and has a molecular weight of 500 or less and is protected by a group (leaving group) that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the molecular weight of the leaving group is preferably 400 or less, more preferably 300 or less, and even more preferably 110 or less, from the viewpoint of superior volatility in the post-exposure heating step. Since the leaving group is excellent in volatility in the post-exposure heating step, the difference in Si atom content between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion can be increased during the dry development step.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the leaving group is often 60 or more, for example.
  • Examples of polar groups include carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group Bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group, and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group). Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group (for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group).
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred polar groups include carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), and sulfonic acid group.
  • the structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid is intended to be a structure in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with the above-described leaving group.
  • P s1 and P s2 each independently represent a leaving group having a molecular weight of 500 or less, containing an Si atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid. . * Represents a bonding position linked to the main chain or side chain of the resin.
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (P)”) having a structure containing a Si atom and having a polar group protected by a leaving group having a molecular weight of 500 or less.
  • it preferably has a repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (a) or a repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (b), and is represented by the following general formula (1A).
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2A) is represented by the following general formula
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • P s1 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is a group represented by the following general formula (1A-1).
  • * -L 1 -X 1 (1A-1) In general formula (1A-1), L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X 1 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • P s2 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is represented by the following general formula (2A-1).
  • * -L 2 -X 2 (2A-1) In general formula (2A-1), L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X 2 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
  • examples of the halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 may be an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. And an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 and L 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms ( It may be any of linear, branched and cyclic.), More preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methylene group.
  • L 1 and L 2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
  • X 1 and X 2 represent an organic group containing a Si atom.
  • the organic group containing a Si atom is not particularly limited as long as it contains a Si atom, and examples thereof include a group containing a group represented by the following general formula (S).
  • R S1 independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
  • R S1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group, and may be an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), an aryl group, An alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a silyl ether group is preferred.
  • the alkyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, Examples thereof include a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R S1 include a phenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a vinyl group, a propenyl group, and an allyl group.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, and a butynyl group.
  • Examples of the silyl ether group represented by R S1 include a group represented by —O—Si (R S2 ) 3 (R S2 : a monovalent organic group).
  • R S2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), an aryl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms. An alkynyl group of 5 is preferred.
  • R S1 and R S2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
  • X 1 is preferably an organic group represented by the following general formula (1A-2) from the viewpoint of excellent volatility in the post-exposure heating step. .
  • L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 3 is not particularly limited, but may be any alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (straight, branched, and cyclic). The alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is still more preferable. L 3 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
  • R 3 has the same meaning as R S1 in the above general formula (S), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • X 2 represents an organic group containing a Si atom, and in particular, it is represented by the following general formula (2A-2) in that it is more excellent in volatility in the post-exposure heating step. It is preferable that it is an organic group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or an oxygen atom.
  • L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
  • L 5 and R 4 have the same meanings as L 3 and R 3 in the general formula (1A-2), respectively, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the content of Si atoms is preferably 5.0% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the repeating unit in that it is more excellent in etching resistance in the unexposed area during the dry development step. 0 mass% or more is more preferable, and 20.0 mass% or more is still more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 40.0% by mass or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit (P) contained in the resin (A) (the total when there are a plurality of repeating units (P)) is excellent in the etching resistance in the unexposed area during the dry development process. 50 mol% or more is preferable with respect to all repeating units of (A), 70 mol% or more is more preferable, and 90 mol% or more is still more preferable.
  • Resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit (P) (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (Q)”).
  • the repeating unit (Q) is, for example, a group obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom of the above-described polar group (carboxy group or the like) with a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • groups of the group (leaving group) leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and — C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, and octyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, A tetracyclododecyl group, an androstanyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • cycloalkyl group a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable. .
  • a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as the repeating unit (Q).
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a ring structure, or may not be formed.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, —O—Rt—, and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an arylene group.
  • T is preferably a single bond or —COO—Rt—.
  • Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 —, or — (CH 2 ) 3 —. More preferably, T is a single bond.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An isobutyl group or a t-butyl group is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • a part of the carbon-carbon bond may be a double bond.
  • cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, and cyclooctane ring, or norbornane ring, tetracyclo ring
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl ring such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring and an adamantane ring is preferred.
  • a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 the structures shown below are also preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit described in paragraphs ⁇ 0336> to ⁇ 0369> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as the repeating unit (Q).
  • the resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in paragraphs ⁇ 0363> to ⁇ 0364> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit (Q) to produce an alcoholic hydroxyl group. You may have a repeating unit containing group.
  • Resin (A) may contain the repeating unit (Q) alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the repeating unit (Q) has a low Onishi parameter in that the contrast between the exposed part and the unexposed part is excellent, and the pattern uniformity of the etched object is excellent. It preferably has an acid-decomposable group.
  • the Onishi parameter is the dry etching resistance expressed as N / (N C —N O ), where N is the total number of atoms in the acid-decomposable group, N C is the total number of carbons, and N O is the total number of oxygen. This is an index parameter. Generally, it is known that the smaller the Onishi parameter, the better the dry etching resistance.
  • the Onishi parameter of the acid-decomposable group is often 6.0 or less, and 4.0 or less is preferable, 3.5 or less is more preferable, and 3.0 or less is more preferable in that the above effect is more excellent.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is often 1.7 or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit (Q) is, for example, 90 mol% or less and 20 to 45 mol with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). % Is preferable, and 30 to 45 mol% is more preferable.
  • Resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
  • the lactone structure or sultone structure only needs to have a lactone structure or sultone structure, and a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable.
  • Those having other ring structures condensed to the sultone structure are more preferable.
  • the resin (A) is a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure. A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or an acid-decomposable group is preferable.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
  • repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • each Z independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and more preferably an ester bond.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure.
  • the carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, each R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— in the formula.
  • the resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and paragraphs ⁇ 0370> to ⁇ 0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in 1.
  • Resin (A) may have one or more repeating units having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and may have two or more in combination. It may be.
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as the raw material for the resin (A).
  • the total number of repeating units having at least one kind is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 to 65 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
  • the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, and a fluorinated alcohol group.
  • the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group. Moreover, it is preferable that the repeating unit which has a polar group does not have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group is preferably an adamantyl group or a norbornane group.
  • Resin (A) may have the repeating unit which has a polar group individually by 1 type, and may have 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably from 10 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group.
  • the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs ⁇ 0236> to ⁇ 0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1.
  • Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group are shown below.
  • the resin (A) may have one type of repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group, or may have two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
  • Resin (A) is, other than the above repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or further, general required characteristics of resist, resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc.
  • Various repeating structural units may be included for the purpose of adjusting the above. Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
  • the predetermined monomer has one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from, for example, acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, and the like. Compounds and the like.
  • addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be used.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
  • the resin (A) preferably has substantially no aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
  • all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure, or EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. It is more preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group. Examples of the repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group include a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit.
  • the resin (A) is protected with a group (leaving group) from which the hydrogen atom of the phenolic hydroxyl group is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group contained in the resin (A) is preferably from 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 50 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred.
  • the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and even more preferably 1.1 to 2.2. preferable.
  • Resin (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the resin (A) is generally 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, based on the total solid content. 70 mass% or more is more preferable, and 80 mass% or more is particularly preferable. Although an upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter also referred to as “photoacid generator (C)”).
  • a photoacid generator hereinafter also referred to as “photoacid generator (C)”.
  • the compound which has group represented by General formula (1B) used as an acid diffusion controlling agent (D) mentioned later is not contained in a photo-acid generator (C).
  • the photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable.
  • Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
  • photoacid generator known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0125> to ⁇ 0319> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs ⁇ 0086> to ⁇ 0094> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0323> to ⁇ 0402> of the specification of 0237190A1 can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (C).
  • photoacid generator (C) for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII) or general formula (ZIII) are preferable.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded through a linking group.
  • Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group
  • a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group
  • the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compound examples include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium compound has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, carbon (Chem. 6-14), an alkoxy group (for example, C 1-15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be substituted.
  • Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocyclo An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, Propyl group, butyl group, and pentyl group) and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cyclo Represents an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group; R 6c and R 7c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, a 4- to 8-membered ring is preferable, and a 5- or 6-membered ring is more preferable.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14 are present, they each independently represent the above group such as a hydroxyl group. R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain an oxygen atom or a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14, and R 15 are linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like is more preferable.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the anion represented is preferred.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in formula (3).
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • L may be the same or different.
  • the divalent linking group include —COO — (— C ( ⁇ O) —O—), —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, — SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and combinations thereof And divalent linking groups.
  • —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH— alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the polycyclic type can suppress acid diffusion more.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocyclic ring examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the aforementioned resin.
  • a heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic and spirocyclic). Any of them, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide Groups, and sulfonate groups.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • Examples of the anion represented by the general formula (3) include SO 3 ⁇ —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO— (L) q′—W, SO 3 ⁇ —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO— (L).
  • q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, SO 3 - -CF 2- CH (CF 3 ) —OCO— (L) q′—W is preferred.
  • L, q, and W are the same as those in the general formula (3).
  • q ′ represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • at least one of X B3 and X B4 is a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom
  • both X B3 and X B4 are a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom. Is more preferable.
  • both X B3 and X B4 are alkyl groups substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L, q and W are the same as those in the general formula (3).
  • Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion Often, a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and the — (DB) group.
  • substituents include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • N represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 3.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form incorporated in a part of polymer and the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). .
  • a photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the photoacid generator (when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.5 to More preferred is 25% by mass, and further more preferred is 1 to 22% by mass.
  • the photoacid generator contains a compound represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)
  • the total is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller (D).
  • the acid diffusion controller (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid.
  • DD low molecular compound
  • DE onium salt compound
  • a known acid diffusion controller can be used as appropriate.
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), or a cycloalkyl group. (Preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • guanidine As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or the like is more preferable.
  • a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group, and has an actinic ray or It is a compound that decomposes upon irradiation with radiation and whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappears, or changes from proton acceptor property to acidity.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having electrons or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a ⁇ conjugate. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is reduced or lost, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid property is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1, More preferably, 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -3 is satisfied.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). It shows that acid strength is so large that the value of acid dissociation constant pKa is low.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in the aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution.
  • the following software package 1 can be used to calculate a value based on a Hammett substituent constant and a database of known literature values.
  • the values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
  • an onium salt (DC) that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
  • DC onium salt
  • the photoacid generator is generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the acid generated from the acid collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator compounds represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
  • R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, a carbon adjacent to S).
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group
  • Rf is a fluorine atom.
  • Each of the M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
  • sulfonium cation or the iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).
  • a low molecular compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group leaving on the nitrogen atom by the action of an acid. It is preferable that it is an amine derivative having.
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
  • Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • each Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably a carbon atom).
  • Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. It may be substituted with an atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
  • Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons and derivatives thereof.
  • Specific examples of the structure represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0466> of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • l 2
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are each independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb.
  • a good group may be substituted with the same group as described above.
  • Ra alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group examples include the same groups as those described above for Rb. It is done.
  • Specific examples of the particularly preferred compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0475> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic moiety are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly connected to the nitrogen atom.
  • an electron-withdrawing functional group such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom
  • the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 03009408
  • composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a group represented by the following general formula (1B) as the acid diffusion controller (D).
  • a ⁇ represents —N ⁇ —SO 2 —R D , —COO ⁇ , —O ⁇ , or —SO 3 — .
  • R D represents a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • Examples of the linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by RD include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms represented by RD include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • a ⁇ is preferably bonded to a carbon atom, and the carbon atom preferably has no electron withdrawing group (atom).
  • Examples of the onium cation represented by X + include a triphenylsulfonium cation, a 4-cyclohexylphenyldiphenylsulfonium cation, a 4-methanesulfonylphenyldiphenylsulfonium cation, and a sulfone group-containing triphenylsulfonium cation represented by the following general formula (2B).
  • a sulfonium cation of Iodonium cations such as diphenyliodonium cation and bis (4-t-butylphenyl) iodonium cation; 1- (4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation, 1- (6-n-butoxynaphthalen-2-yl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation, and 1- (3,5-dimethyl- And tetrahydrothiophenium cations such as 4-hydroxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation.
  • a sulfonium cation is preferable, and a triphenylsulfonium cation and a sulfone group-containing triphenylsulfonium cation represented by the above formula (2B) are more preferable.
  • R 6 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number 1 to 10 alkoxy groups.
  • R 6 to R 8 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 6 to R 8 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group.
  • the compound having a group represented by the general formula (1B) may be a low molecular compound or a polymer, and among them, a compound represented by the following general formula (3B). It is preferable.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a ⁇ and X + are as defined in the above formula (1B).
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 1 include alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include an aralkyl group and a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
  • the atom bonded to A ⁇ is preferably a carbon atom, and the carbon atom preferably has no electron withdrawing group (atom).
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heterocyclic group have include a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • the acid diffusion controller (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid diffusion controller (D) (the total when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to 5 mass% is more preferable.
  • composition of the present invention is a basic compound or the above general formula (D) as the acid diffusion controller (D) in that it is superior in contrast between an exposed area and an unexposed area, and more excellent in pattern uniformity of an object to be etched. It is preferable to contain a compound having a group represented by 1B).
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resin (A) and the resin (B).
  • the composition of the present invention contains the hydrophobic resin (E)
  • the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be controlled. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid follow-up in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (E) is not necessarily required to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the membrane surface layer. It is preferable that the resin has a repeating unit having at least one kind.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom
  • it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) And a methylene group.
  • the acid group is preferably a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulf
  • Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer and increases the solubility in the alkali developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—), and an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC. (O)-), acid imide group (—NHCONH—), carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS—), carbonate ester group (—OC (O) O—), sulfate ester group (—OSO 2 O—), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include a repeating unit of an acrylate ester and a methacrylate ester.
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduce
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer and increases the solubility in the alkali developer is 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is still more preferable.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (E) are the same as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group mentioned in the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a repeating unit different from the above-described repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • hydrophobic resin (E) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
  • a mode in which the hydrophobic resin (E) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer component contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) publicly known resins can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0177> to ⁇ 0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as the repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies from the viewpoint of compatibility between the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in the immersion exposure.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
  • a known resist solvent can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0665> to ⁇ 0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs ⁇ 0210> to ⁇ 0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1, and Patent Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1.
  • Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0424> to ⁇ 0426> of the specification and paragraphs ⁇ 0357> to ⁇ 0366> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be preferably used.
  • Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Examples thereof include an organic solvent such as a monoketone compound (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
  • a monoketone compound preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms
  • the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which has a hydroxyl group in a structure may be used as an organic solvent, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which has a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent not having a hydroxyl group the above-described exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate, etc. are preferable.
  • propylene More preferred are glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, More preferred are cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone.
  • the solvent having no hydroxyl group propylene carbonate is also preferable.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable in terms of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, may be a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent, or may be two or more mixed solvents containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.
  • composition of the present invention contains a surfactant
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, a pattern having good adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution can be obtained.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. Thereby, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and water followability at the time of immersion exposure is improved.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain an acid proliferation agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, or a dissolution accelerator.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. .
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the thickness of the resist film is preferably 300 nm or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
  • Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or film forming property.
  • the composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • This filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • a cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered.
  • the composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and after filter filtration.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method described above.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric / electronic device (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) -related devices, media-related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.). Is done.
  • an electric / electronic device for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) -related devices, media-related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.
  • ⁇ Acid-decomposable resin> The resins shown below were used as the resins (P-1 to P-13) shown in Table 2.
  • Table 1 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the repeating units in the resins P-1 to P-13, and leaving groups containing Si atoms. And the molecular weight of the leaving group in the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected, and the content of the Si atom in the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by the leaving group containing an Si atom ( Mass%).
  • Resins P-6 to P-9 have a repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms, and a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms It corresponds to a resin having “a repeating unit having another acid-decomposable group”.
  • Table 1 also shows the Onishi parameters of the above “repeating units having other acid-decomposable groups”.
  • the weight average molecular weights (Mw) and dispersities (Mw / Mn) of the resins P-1 to P-13 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
  • Etching was performed on the exposed resist film under the following etching conditions using Tactras Vegas (manufactured by Tokyo Electron). By etching, the exposed portion of the resist film and the SOC film (lower layer film) located in the opening formed by removing the exposed portion are removed. That is, the etching process also serves as a dry development process. The etching time was 60 seconds. As a result, an LS (line space) pattern having a line width of about 22 nm and a space width of 22 nm was obtained.
  • Etching conditions >> Etching gas: O 2 ⁇ Pressure: 20 mTorr Applied power: 100 mW / cm 2
  • a coating film containing a spin-on carbon material (manufactured by Brewer) is formed on a silicon wafer by coating and then baked at 240 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a 200 nm-thick SOC film (underlayer film) to be etched. did.
  • the prepared actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (Ar-1) was applied to form a coating film, followed by baking at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a film thickness. A 100 nm resist film was formed.
  • the object to be etched was etched by the same method as described above.
  • the SOC film (lower layer film) located in the opening (unexposed portion) is removed by etching using the exposed portion of the resist film as a mask.
  • the etching time was 60 seconds.
  • an LS (line space) pattern having a line width of about 22 nm and a space width of 22 nm was obtained.
  • Example 6 From the comparison with Example 7, when the Onishi parameter of the acid-decomposable group in the repeating unit having another acid-decomposable group is 4.0 or less (preferably 3.0 or less), the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched It was confirmed that the property is superior. Further, from the comparison of Examples 5, 7, 8, and 9, the acid-decomposable resin is other acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected with a leaving group containing Si atom. When the content of the repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms is 50% by mass or more based on the total repeating units, It was confirmed that the pattern uniformity was more excellent.
  • the pattern formation of Examples 1 ′ to 9 ′ was performed by the same method except that the exposure process was ArF exposure under the following conditions.
  • ArF exposure Using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, Dipole, outer sigma 0.980, inner sigma 0.89, Y deflection) with a resist film thickness of 500 nm, a pitch of 100 nm and a line width
  • a LS pattern having a line width of about 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm was obtained by performing the same operation except that pattern exposure was performed through a chromium halftone mask having a thickness of 50 nm.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a pattern forming method which forms a pattern that is capable of providing an object to be etched, which has excellent pattern uniformity. Also provided is a method for producing an electronic device, which comprises the above-described pattern forming method. A pattern forming method which comprises: a resist film formation step wherein a resist film is formed with use of a chemically amplified active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition; a light exposure step wherein the resist film is exposed to light; a post exposure baking step wherein the light exposed resist film is heated; and a development step wherein the heated resist film is dry developed. The chemically amplified active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition contains a resin which has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and is increased in the polarity, and a photoacid generator. The group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and is increased in the polarity has a structure wherein a polar group is protected by a leaving group that is separated by the action of an acid; and the leaving group contains an Si atom, while having a molecular weight of 500 or less.

Description

パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit、集積回路)及びLSI(Large Scale Integrated circuit、大規模集積回路)等の半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、化学増幅型レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。
 例えば、特許文献1では、Si原子を含有する酸分解性樹脂を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を開示している。
 また、例えば、特許文献2では、マレイミド系樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を開示している。上記マレイミド系樹脂は、Si原子を含む脱離基でアミノ基が保護された構造であり、露光の際に光酸発生剤から発生する酸の作用により上記脱離基が脱離する。
Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integrated circuit), fine processing by lithography using a chemically amplified resist composition has been performed. Yes.
For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing an acid-decomposable resin containing Si atoms.
For example, Patent Document 2 discloses an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a maleimide resin. The maleimide-based resin has a structure in which an amino group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms, and the leaving group is released by the action of an acid generated from a photoacid generator during exposure.
国際公開第2016/163174号International Publication No. 2016/163174 特開平6-35199号公報JP-A-6-35199
 本発明者らは、特許文献1及び2に記載された感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンをマスクとして用い、被エッチング物(例えば、SOC膜等)のエッチング性について検討したところ、被エッチング物のパターン均一性が必ずしも十分ではなく、更に改善する余地があることを明らかとした。また、本発明者らは、更に検討を進めたところ、被エッチング物がパターン均一性に劣るのは、エッチングの際にマスクとして用いられるパターンに要因があることを明らかとした。 The present inventors use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 and a pattern formed by the pattern forming method as a mask, and an object to be etched (for example, an SOC film). As a result, the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is not always sufficient, and it is clear that there is room for further improvement. Further, the present inventors made further investigations and found that the inferior pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is due to the pattern used as a mask during etching.
 そこで、本発明は、優れたパターン均一性を有する被エッチング物を与え得るパターンを形成する、パターン形成方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Then, this invention makes it a subject to provide the pattern formation method which forms the pattern which can give the to-be-etched object which has the outstanding pattern uniformity.
Moreover, this invention makes it a subject to provide the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the said pattern formation method.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を達成すべく鋭意検討した結果、特定構造を有する樹脂を用いたパターン形成方法によれば上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、以下の構成により上記目的を達成することができることを見出した。
As a result of intensive studies to achieve the above problems, the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by a pattern forming method using a resin having a specific structure, and have completed the present invention.
That is, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the following configuration.
 〔1〕化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
 露光された上記レジスト膜を加熱する露光後加熱工程と、
 加熱された上記レジスト膜をドライ現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法であって、
 上記化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、
 酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基を有する樹脂と、
 光酸発生剤と、を含有し、
 上記酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基は、極性基が、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で保護された構造を有し、
 上記脱離基はSi原子を含有し、上記脱離基の分子量は500以下である、パターン形成方法。
 〔2〕 上記酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基が、後述する一般式(a)で表される構造、又は後述する一般式(b)で表される構造を有する、〔1〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔3〕 上記樹脂が、後述する一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、又は、後述する一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔4〕 上記Xが、後述する一般式(1A-2)で表される有機基である、〔3〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔5〕 上記Xが、後述する一般式(2A-2)で表される有機基である、〔3〕又は〔4〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔6〕 上記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、又は、上記一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位中のSi原子の含有量が12.0質量%以上である、〔3〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔7〕 上記脱離基の分子量が、110以下である、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔8〕 上記化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、塩基性化合物、又は、後述する一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物を含有する、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔9〕 〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[1] A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
An exposure step of exposing the resist film;
A post-exposure heating step for heating the exposed resist film;
A development step of dry developing the heated resist film, and a pattern forming method comprising:
The chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is
A resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity;
A photoacid generator,
The group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and increases in polarity has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
The pattern forming method, wherein the leaving group contains Si atoms, and the molecular weight of the leaving group is 500 or less.
[2] The group which is decomposed by the action of the acid and increases in polarity has a structure represented by the general formula (a) described later, or a structure represented by the general formula (b) described later. [1] The pattern forming method according to 1.
[3] The pattern according to [1] or [2], wherein the resin has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1A) or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2A). Forming method.
[4] The pattern forming method according to [3], wherein X 1 is an organic group represented by general formula (1A-2) described later.
[5] The pattern forming method according to [3] or [4], wherein X 2 is an organic group represented by general formula (2A-2) described later.
[6] The content of Si atoms in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2A) is 12.0% by mass or more. [3] -The pattern formation method in any one of [5].
[7] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the leaving group has a molecular weight of 110 or less.
[8] The chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a basic compound or a compound having a group represented by the general formula (1B) described later. ] The pattern forming method according to any one of [7] to [7].
[9] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [8].
 本発明によれば、優れたパターン均一性を有する被エッチング物を与え得るパターンを形成する、パターン形成方法を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the pattern formation method which forms the pattern which can give the to-be-etched object which has the outstanding pattern uniformity can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the said pattern formation method can be provided.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” refers to, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-ray, and electron beam (EB). : Electron Beam) or the like. In the present specification, “light” means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, “exposure” in the present specification includes not only exposure with an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and This includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In the present specification, (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of a resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refractive index It is defined as a polystyrene-converted value by a detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。 In the present specification, regarding the notation of a group (atomic group), the notation that does not indicate substitution or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent together with a group not having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In the present specification, the “organic group” refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基群Tから選択することができる。
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
In the present specification, the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom. For example, the substituent can be selected from the following substituent group T.
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group An alkyl sulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulfanyl group and a p-tolylsulfanyl group; an alkyl group; a cycloalkyl group Heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; Arylamino groups; and combinations thereof.
〔パターン形成方法〕
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、上記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、露光された上記レジスト膜を加熱する露光後加熱工程と、加熱された上記レジスト膜をドライ現像する現像工程と、を含有する。
[Pattern formation method]
The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a resist film forming step of forming a resist film using a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an exposure step of exposing the resist film, and an exposure step. A post-exposure heating step for heating the resist film; and a development step for dry developing the heated resist film.
 また、上記パターン形成方法で用いられる化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」ともいう。)と、光酸発生剤と、を含有し、上記酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう。)は、極性基が、酸の作用により分解し脱離する脱離基で保護された構造を有する。上記脱離基は、Si原子を含有し、分子量が500以下である。 Further, the chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method is a resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin”). Or a “resin (A)”) and a photoacid generator, and a group that is decomposed by the action of the acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”). The polar group is protected by a leaving group that decomposes and leaves by the action of an acid. The leaving group contains Si atoms and has a molecular weight of 500 or less.
 なお、本明細書において「化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物」とは、露光により開始される系中の化学反応が触媒的に連鎖する樹脂組成物を意図する。
 具体的には、露光により光酸発生剤から発生した酸により、酸分解性基の脱保護反応(つまり、脱離基が酸の作用により脱離する反応)が生じて樹脂の極性基と酸を発生させ、この化学反応が連鎖的に進行するものをいう。
 なお、特許文献2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、露光後に形成されるマレイミド系樹脂のアミノ基が酸を失活させるため、いわゆる化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には該当しない。
In the present specification, the “chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition” means a resin composition in which a chemical reaction in a system initiated by exposure is chained catalytically.
Specifically, the acid generated from the photoacid generator upon exposure causes a deprotection reaction of the acid-decomposable group (that is, a reaction in which the leaving group is eliminated by the action of the acid), and the polar group of the resin and the acid In which this chemical reaction proceeds in a chained manner.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in Patent Document 2 is a so-called chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive resin composition because the amino group of the maleimide resin formed after exposure deactivates the acid. It does not correspond to a radiation sensitive resin composition.
 本発明のパターン形成方法の特徴点としては、まず、現像工程を従来の液現像ではなく、ドライ現像で実施する点が挙げられる。
 現像をドライ現像で実施することにより、得られるパターンをマスクとして被エッチング物をエッチングした場合に、被エッチング物のパターン均一性が優れたものとなる。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法の他の特徴点として、酸分解性樹脂において、極性基を保護する脱離基がSi原子を含有し、かつ、分子量が500以下である点、及び露光後加熱工程を実施する点が挙げられる。
 露光工程では、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から発生する酸により、酸分解性樹脂中の酸分解性基の脱保護反応が生じる。つまり、レジスト膜の露光部において、酸分解性基中の脱離基が酸の作用により脱離する反応が生じる。
 ところで、本発明のパターン形成方法では、上述のとおり、現像をドライ現像(例えば、酸素プラズマエッチング)により実施する。このドライ現像は、実施例欄に示すように被エッチング物のエッチングを兼ねていてもよい。つまり、被エッチング物上に形成されたレジスト膜の露光後のドライ現像工程と、被エッチング物のエッチングとを同一工程として実施してもよい。本発明者らは、このエッチングの際に、露光後のレジスト膜中にSi原子を含有する脱離基が残存すると、露光部と未露光部とのSi原子の含有量の差が小さくなり、被エッチング物のパターン均一性に劣ることを知見している。
 上記の問題に対し、本発明のパターン形成方法では、酸分解性樹脂において、極性基をSi原子を含有する分子量が500以下の脱離基で保護し、且つ、露光後加熱工程を実施することにより解決している。つまり、上記脱離基は、露光後加熱工程において揮発しやすく、この構成により、ドライ現像の際に、露光部と未露光部とのSi原子の含有量の差を大きくすることができる。即ち、未露光部では高エッチング耐性となり、露光部では低エッチング耐性となる。この結果として、被エッチング物のパターン均一性が優れたものとなる。
As a characteristic point of the pattern forming method of the present invention, first, the development step is carried out by dry development instead of conventional liquid development.
By performing the development by dry development, when the object to be etched is etched using the obtained pattern as a mask, the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is excellent.
Further, as another feature of the pattern forming method of the present invention, in the acid-decomposable resin, the leaving group for protecting the polar group contains Si atoms, the molecular weight is 500 or less, and the post-exposure heating. The point which implements a process is mentioned.
In the exposure step, an acid-decomposable group in the acid-decomposable resin is deprotected by an acid generated from the photoacid generator upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, a reaction occurs in which the leaving group in the acid-decomposable group is eliminated by the action of an acid in the exposed portion of the resist film.
By the way, in the pattern formation method of this invention, as above-mentioned, image development is implemented by dry image development (for example, oxygen plasma etching). This dry development may also serve to etch the object to be etched as shown in the example column. That is, the dry development process after exposure of the resist film formed on the object to be etched and the etching of the object to be etched may be performed as the same process. In the etching, when the leaving group containing Si atoms remains in the resist film after the exposure, the difference in the content of Si atoms between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion is reduced. It has been found that the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is inferior.
For the above problem, in the pattern forming method of the present invention, in the acid-decomposable resin, the polar group is protected with a leaving group containing a Si atom and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, and a post-exposure heating step is performed. It is solved by. That is, the leaving group is easily volatilized in the post-exposure heating step, and this configuration can increase the difference in Si atom content between the exposed and unexposed areas during dry development. That is, the unexposed portion has high etching resistance, and the exposed portion has low etching resistance. As a result, the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is excellent.
 また、後述するように、酸分解性樹脂が、一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合(好ましくは、一般式(1A)中のXが一般式(1A-2)で表される基である場合)、又は一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合(好ましくは、一般式(2A)中のXが一般式(2A-2)で表される基である場合)、脱離基は露光後加熱工程でより揮発しやすくなり、この結果として、露光部と未露光部とのSi原子の含有量の差がより大きくなり、被エッチング物のパターン均一性により優れる。 Further, as described later, when the acid-decomposable resin has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) (preferably, X 1 in the general formula (1A) is represented by the general formula (1A-2). Or a group having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (2A) (preferably, X 2 in the general formula (2A) is a group represented by the general formula (2A-2) In some cases, the leaving group is more likely to volatilize in the post-exposure heating process, resulting in a greater difference in Si atom content between the exposed and unexposed areas, and the pattern uniformity of the etched object. Better.
 以下に、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (i)後述する化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜)を形成する工程(レジスト膜形成工程)、
 (ii)上記レジスト膜を露光する(活性光線又は放射線を照射する)工程(露光工程)、
 (iii)上記露光されたレジスト膜を加熱する工程(露光後加熱(PEB:Post
 Exposure Bake)工程)、及び、
 (iv)上記加熱されたレジスト膜を、ドライ現像する現像工程(ドライ現像工程)
を有する。
Below, the pattern formation method of this invention is demonstrated.
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises:
(I) a step of forming a resist film (actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film) using a chemically amplified actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition described later (resist film forming step);
(Ii) a step of exposing the resist film (irradiating actinic rays or radiation) (exposure step);
(Iii) A step of heating the exposed resist film (post-exposure heating (PEB: Post
(Exposure Bake) step), and
(Iv) Development process for dry development of the heated resist film (dry development process)
Have
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iv)の工程を含んでいれば特に限定されず、更に下記の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(v)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iii)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iv), and may further include the following steps.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, (ii) the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (ii) a preheating (PB) step before the exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) an exposure step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iii) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)レジスト膜形成工程、(ii)露光工程、(iii)露光後加熱工程、及び(iv)ドライ現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。
 レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いることができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、及び国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書等に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用することができる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、後述する酸拡散制御剤を含むものが好ましい。また、後述する疎水性樹脂を含有するレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the above-mentioned (i) resist film forming step, (ii) exposure step, (iii) post-exposure heating step, and (iv) dry development step are performed by generally known methods. It can be carried out.
A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film. As the protective film, a known material can be appropriately used. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used. As the composition for forming a protective film, a composition containing an acid diffusion controller described later is preferable. Moreover, you may form a protective film in the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin mentioned later.
 上記レジスト膜形成工程において、レジスト膜は支持体上に形成されることが好ましい。
 支持体としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、シリコン、SiN、SiO、及びSiN等の無機基板、SOG(Spin on Glass)等の塗布系無機基板を用いることができる。
 また、支持体としては、無機基板(例えば、SiO基板)と上記無機基板上に成膜されたSOC(Spin on Carbon)等の下層膜とを有する基板であってもよい。
 また、支持体として、IC等の半導体製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板も用いることができる。
In the resist film forming step, the resist film is preferably formed on a support.
The support is not particularly limited, and for example, an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, SiO 2 , or SiN, or a coating inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin on Glass) can be used.
The support may be a substrate having an inorganic substrate (for example, a SiO 2 substrate) and a lower layer film such as SOC (Spin on Carbon) formed on the inorganic substrate.
In addition to a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC or a circuit board manufacturing process such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a substrate generally used in other photofabrication lithography processes can also be used as the support.
 加熱温度は、(v)前加熱工程及び(iii)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~130℃が好ましく、80~130℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、(v)前加熱工程及び(iii)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 130 ° C. in both (v) the preheating step and (iii) the post-exposure heating step.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both (v) the preheating step and (iii) the post-exposure heating step.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 露光工程に用いられる光源波長に制限はないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、及び電子線等が挙げられる。これらの中でも遠紫外光が好ましく、その波長は250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmが更に好ましい。具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、及び電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV、又は電子線が好ましい。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in the light source wavelength used for an exposure process, For example, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray | X_line, an electron beam, etc. are mentioned. Among these, far ultraviolet light is preferable, and the wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and further preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), an X-ray, an EUV (13 nm), an electron beam, etc., a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferred.
 ドライ現像装置の方式は特に限定されるものではないが、ICP(Inductive Coupled Plasma、誘導結合)型、二周波CCP(Conductive Coupled Plasma 容量結合)型、及びECR(electron cyclotron resonance;電子サイクロトロン共鳴)型等のようなプラズマ密度とバイアス電圧を独立制御可能な方式が好ましい。
 ドライ現像は、公知の方法をいずれも用いることができ、各種条件等は、基板の種類及び用途等に応じて、適宜、決定される。例えば、国際光工学会紀要(Proc.ofSPIE)Vol.6924,692420(2008)、及び特開2009-267112号公報等に準じて、エッチングを実施することができる。また、「半導体プロセス教本 第四版 2007年刊行 発行人:SEMIジャパン」の「第4章 エッチング」に記載の方法に準ずることもできる。
The method of the dry developing device is not particularly limited, but ICP (Inductive Coupled Plasma) type, dual frequency CCP (Conductive Coupled Plasma capacitive coupling) type, and ECR (Electron cyclotron resonance) type; A method in which the plasma density and the bias voltage can be independently controlled is preferable.
Any known method can be used for dry development, and various conditions are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate. For example, Bulletin of International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. Etching can be performed in accordance with 6924, 692420 (2008) and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112. Further, the method described in “Chapter 4 Etching” of “Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition, 2007, Publisher: SEMI Japan” can be used.
 ドライ現像は、なかでも、酸素プラズマエッチングであることが好ましい。
 ここでいう酸素プラズマエッチングとは、酸素原子を含有するガス(以下、「酸素含有ガス」ともいう。)を使用したプラズマエッチングであることを意味する。酸素含有ガスとしては、具体的には、O、O、CO、CO、NO、NO、NO、SO、SO、及びCOS等が挙げられる。また、上記酸素含有ガスは、希釈ガスとして、Ar、He、Xe、Kr、及びN等のガスを含有してもよい。また、上記酸素含有ガスは、添加ガスとして、Cl、HBr、BCl、CH、及びNH等のガスを含有していてもよい。
In particular, dry development is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
The oxygen plasma etching here means plasma etching using a gas containing oxygen atoms (hereinafter also referred to as “oxygen-containing gas”). Specific examples of the oxygen-containing gas include O 2 , O 3 , CO, CO 2 , NO, NO 2 , N 2 O, SO, SO 2 , and COS. The oxygen-containing gas may contain a gas such as Ar, He, Xe, Kr, and N 2 as a dilution gas. The oxygen-containing gas may contain a gas such as Cl 2 , HBr, BCl 3 , CH 4 , and NH 4 as an additive gas.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、反射防止膜形成用組成物、又はトップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、及び残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、100ppt以下がより好ましく、10ppt以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。 Various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a resist solvent, an antireflection film-forming composition, or a topcoat-forming composition) have impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers. It is preferably not included. The content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not (less than the detection limit of the measuring device). Is particularly preferred.
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、特開2016-201426号公報に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたものが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル若しくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、又は活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。金属吸着剤としては、例えば、特開2016-206500号公報に開示されるものが挙げられる。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、又は装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less. As the material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. A filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step. As the filter, a filter with reduced effluent as disclosed in JP-A-2016-201426 is preferable.
In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in JP-A-2016-206500.
Moreover, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. Alternatively, a method of performing distillation under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like can be mentioned. The preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書、特開2015-123351号公報等に記載された容器に保存されることが好ましい。 The above-mentioned various materials are preferably stored in a container described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351, etc., in order to prevent contamination of impurities.
 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含むガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、特開2004-235468号公報、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば特開平3-270227号公報及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. As a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, a method of processing a pattern by a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 is cited. In addition, JP 2004-235468 A, US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
Further, the pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (Core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
〔化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物〕
 以下に、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用し得る化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、単に「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)について説明する。
[Chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The chemical amplification type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) that can be used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described below.
<樹脂(A)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」という。)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」という。)を含有する。樹脂(A)は、極性基が、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の、酸の作用により分解して脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有する樹脂である。
<Resin (A)>
The composition of the present invention has a resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin (A)”) having a group (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity. Containing). Resin (A) is a resin having a structure in which a polar group contains a Si atom and has a molecular weight of 500 or less and is protected by a group (leaving group) that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
 脱離基の分子量は、なかでも、露光後加熱工程での揮発性により優れる点で、400以下が好ましく、300以下がより好ましく、110以下が更に好ましい。脱離基が露光後加熱工程での揮発性に優れることにより、ドライ現像工程の際に、露光部と未露光部とのSi原子の含有量の差を大きくすることができる。なお、脱離基の分子量の下限は、例えば、60以上の場合が多い。 In particular, the molecular weight of the leaving group is preferably 400 or less, more preferably 300 or less, and even more preferably 110 or less, from the viewpoint of superior volatility in the post-exposure heating step. Since the leaving group is excellent in volatility in the post-exposure heating step, the difference in Si atom content between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion can be increased during the dry development step. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the leaving group is often 60 or more, for example.
 極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。 Examples of polar groups include carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group Bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl group.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子等の電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基等)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group, and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group). Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group (for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group). The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、及びスルホン酸基が挙げられる。 Preferred polar groups include carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), and sulfonic acid group.
 極性基が酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で保護された構造としては、これらの基の水素原子が上述の脱離基で置換された構造を意図し、なかでも、(i)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシ基を発生する、下記一般式(a)で表される構造、又は、(ii)酸の作用により分解してフェノール性水酸基を発生する、下記一般式(b)で表される構造であることが好ましい。つまり、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基は、一般式(a)で表される構造、又は、一般式(b)で表される構造を有することが好ましい。 The structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid is intended to be a structure in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with the above-described leaving group. A structure represented by the following general formula (a) that decomposes by action to generate a carboxy group, or (ii) a phenolic hydroxyl group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a phenolic hydroxyl group. It is preferable that it is a structure. That is, the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity preferably has a structure represented by the general formula (a) or a structure represented by the general formula (b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記一般式(a)及び上記一般式(b)中、Ps1及びPs2は、それぞれ独立に、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し、分子量が500以下の脱離基を表す。
 *は上記樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖に連結する結合位置を表す。
In the general formula (a) and the general formula (b), P s1 and P s2 each independently represent a leaving group having a molecular weight of 500 or less, containing an Si atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid. .
* Represents a bonding position linked to the main chain or side chain of the resin.
 上記樹脂(A)は、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基により極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「繰り返し単位(P)」ともいう。)を有することが好ましく、上記一般式(a)で表される構造を有する繰り返し単位、又は上記一般式(b)で表される構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましく、下記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、又は下記一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。 The resin (A) has a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (P)”) having a structure containing a Si atom and having a polar group protected by a leaving group having a molecular weight of 500 or less. Preferably, it preferably has a repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (a) or a repeating unit having the structure represented by the general formula (b), and is represented by the following general formula (1A). Or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(1A)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。Ps1は、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基であって、下記一般式(1A-1)で表される基である。
 *-L-X    (1A-1)
 一般式(1A-1)中、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Xは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
In general formula (1A), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. P s1 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is a group represented by the following general formula (1A-1).
* -L 1 -X 1 (1A-1)
In general formula (1A-1), L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X 1 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(2A)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。Ps2は、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基であって、下記一般式(2A-1)で表される基である。
 *-L-X    (2A-1)
 一般式(2A-1)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Xは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
In General Formula (2A), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. P s2 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is represented by the following general formula (2A-1).
* -L 2 -X 2 (2A-1)
In general formula (2A-1), L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. X 2 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
 上記一般式(1A)及び一般式(2A)中、R及びRで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、R及びRで表される炭素数1~10のアルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。また、R及びRは、置換基(例えば、置換基群T)を有していてもよい。
 上記一般式(1A-1)及び一般式(2A-1)中、L及びLで表される2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が更に好ましい。また、L及びLは、置換基(例えば、置換基群T)を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (1A) and general formula (2A), examples of the halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
In addition, the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 ( which may be linear, branched or cyclic) may be an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. And an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
In the above general formula (1A-1) and general formula (2A-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 1 and L 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms ( It may be any of linear, branched and cyclic.), More preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methylene group. L 1 and L 2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
 上記一般式(1A-1)及び一般式(2A-1)中、X及びXは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表す。Si原子を含有する有機基としては、Si原子を含有する限り特に制限はないが、例えば、下記一般式(S)で表される基を含む基が挙げられる。 In the above general formula (1A-1) and general formula (2A-1), X 1 and X 2 represent an organic group containing a Si atom. The organic group containing a Si atom is not particularly limited as long as it contains a Si atom, and examples thereof include a group containing a group represented by the following general formula (S).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記一般式(S)中、RS1は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (S), R S1 independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
 上記一般式(S)中、RS1は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、アルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又は、シリルエーテル基が好ましい。
 RS1で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1で表されるアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1で表されるアルケニル基としては、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、具体的には、ビニル基、プロペニル基、及びアリル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1で表されるアルキニル基としては、炭素数が2~5のアルキニル基が好ましく、具体的には、エチニル基、プロピニル基、及びブチニル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1で表されるシリルエーテル基としては、例えば、-O-Si(RS2で表される基(RS2:1価の有機基)が挙げられる。RS2としては、炭素数1~10アルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)、アリール基、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基、又は炭素数2~5のアルキニル基が好ましい。
 また、RS1及びRS2は、置換基(例えば、置換基群T)を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (S), R S1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group, and may be an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), an aryl group, An alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a silyl ether group is preferred.
The alkyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, Examples thereof include a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
Examples of the aryl group represented by R S1 include a phenyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a vinyl group, a propenyl group, and an allyl group.
The alkynyl group represented by R S1 is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, and a butynyl group.
Examples of the silyl ether group represented by R S1 include a group represented by —O—Si (R S2 ) 3 (R S2 : a monovalent organic group). R S2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), an aryl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 2 to 2 carbon atoms. An alkynyl group of 5 is preferred.
R S1 and R S2 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
 上記一般式(1A-1)中、Xとしては、なかでも、露光後加熱工程での揮発性により優れる点で、下記一般式(1A-2)で表される有機基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (1A-1), X 1 is preferably an organic group represented by the following general formula (1A-2) from the viewpoint of excellent volatility in the post-exposure heating step. .
 *-O-L-Si(R    (1A-2)
 上記一般式(1A-2)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rは、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
* -OL 3 -Si (R 3 ) 3 (1A-2)
In the general formula (1A-2), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
 上記一般式(1A-2)中、Lで表される2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。)が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。また、Lは、置換基(例えば、置換基群T)を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (1A-2), the divalent linking group represented by L 3 is not particularly limited, but may be any alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (straight, branched, and cyclic). The alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is still more preferable. L 3 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
 上記一般式(1A-2)中、Rは、上述の一般式(S)中のRS1と同義であり、また好ましい態様も同じである。 In the above general formula (1A-2), R 3 has the same meaning as R S1 in the above general formula (S), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 上記一般式(2A-1)中、Xは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表し、なかでも、露光後加熱工程での揮発性により優れる点で、下記一般式(2A-2)で表される有機基であることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (2A-1), X 2 represents an organic group containing a Si atom, and in particular, it is represented by the following general formula (2A-2) in that it is more excellent in volatility in the post-exposure heating step. It is preferable that it is an organic group.
 *-L-L-Si(R    (2A-2)
 一般式(2A-2)中、Lは、単結合、又は酸素原子を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rは、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
* -L 4 -L 5 -Si (R 4 ) 3 (2A-2)
In General Formula (2A-2), L 4 represents a single bond or an oxygen atom. L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
 上記一般式(2A-2)中、L及びRは、上記一般式(1A-2)中のL及びRとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様についても同じである。 In the general formula (2A-2), L 5 and R 4 have the same meanings as L 3 and R 3 in the general formula (1A-2), respectively, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
 以下に、上記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、及び上記一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。なお、下記具体例中、Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2A) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. In the following specific examples, Ra represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 繰り返し単位(P)において、ドライ現像工程の際に未露光部におけるエッチング耐性により優れる点で、Si原子の含有量は、繰り返し単位の全質量に対して5.0質量%以上が好ましく、12.0質量%以上がより好ましく、20.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、40.0質量%以下の場合が多い。 In the repeating unit (P), the content of Si atoms is preferably 5.0% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the repeating unit in that it is more excellent in etching resistance in the unexposed area during the dry development step. 0 mass% or more is more preferable, and 20.0 mass% or more is still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 40.0% by mass or less.
 樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(P)の含有量(繰り返し単位(P)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、ドライ現像工程の際に未露光部におけるエッチング耐性により優れる点で、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、50モル%以上が好ましく、70モル%以上がより好ましく、90モル%以上が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit (P) contained in the resin (A) (the total when there are a plurality of repeating units (P)) is excellent in the etching resistance in the unexposed area during the dry development process. 50 mol% or more is preferable with respect to all repeating units of (A), 70 mol% or more is more preferable, and 90 mol% or more is still more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、更に、繰り返し単位(P)以外の、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「繰り返し単位(Q)」ともいう。)を有していてもよい。 Resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit (P) (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (Q)”).
 繰り返し単位(Q)は、例えば、上述した極性基(カルボキシ基等)の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等が挙げられる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
The repeating unit (Q) is, for example, a group obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom of the above-described polar group (carboxy group or the like) with a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Examples of the group (leaving group) leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and — C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like can be mentioned.
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環でも、多環でもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等が挙げられる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, and octyl group.
The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. As the polycyclic cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. For example, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, A tetracyclododecyl group, an androstanyl group, etc. are mentioned. Note that at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). As the cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable. .
 酸分解性基として、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、又は第3級のアルキルエステル基が好ましく、アセタール基、又は第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。 As the acid-decomposable group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(Q)として、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as the repeating unit (Q).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(AI)において、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成しなくてもよい。 In General Formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a ring structure, or may not be formed.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。Tは、単結合であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, —O—Rt—, and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an arylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or —COO—Rt—. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 —, or — (CH 2 ) 3 —. More preferably, T is a single bond.
 Xaは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xaのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xaのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基及びトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. The alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An isobutyl group or a t-butyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3. In the alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a part of the carbon-carbon bond may be a double bond.
As the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable.
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環等の単環のシクロアルカン環、又はノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環等の多環のシクロアルキル環が好ましい。なかでも、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環がより好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、下記に示す構造も好ましい。 The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, and cyclooctane ring, or norbornane ring, tetracyclo ring A polycyclic cycloalkyl ring such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring and an adamantane ring is preferred. Among these, a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable. As the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , the structures shown below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 以下に一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(AI)におけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where Xa 1 in formula (AI) is a methyl group, and Xa 1 can be optionally substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(Q)として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0336>~<0369>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit described in paragraphs <0336> to <0369> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as the repeating unit (Q).
 また、樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(Q)として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0363>~<0364>に記載された酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる基を含む繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 The resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in paragraphs <0363> to <0364> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit (Q) to produce an alcoholic hydroxyl group. You may have a repeating unit containing group.
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(Q)を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 Resin (A) may contain the repeating unit (Q) alone or in combination of two or more.
 樹脂(A)が、繰り返し単位(Q)を有する場合、露光部と未露光部でのコントラストにより優れ、被エッチング物のパターン均一性により優れる点で、繰り返し単位(Q)は、大西パラメーターの低い酸分解性基を有することが好ましい。
 大西パラメーターとは、酸分解性基中の全原子数をN、全炭素数をN、全酸素数Nとしたとき、N/(N-N)で表されるドライエッチング耐性の指標となるパラメーターである。一般的に大西パラメーターが小さいほど、ドライエッチング耐性が良好であることが知られている。
 なかでも、酸分解性基の大西パラメーターは6.0以下の場合が多く、上記効果がより優れる点で、4.0以下が好ましく、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.0以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、1.7以上の場合が多い。
When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (Q), the repeating unit (Q) has a low Onishi parameter in that the contrast between the exposed part and the unexposed part is excellent, and the pattern uniformity of the etched object is excellent. It preferably has an acid-decomposable group.
The Onishi parameter is the dry etching resistance expressed as N / (N C —N O ), where N is the total number of atoms in the acid-decomposable group, N C is the total number of carbons, and N O is the total number of oxygen. This is an index parameter. Generally, it is known that the smaller the Onishi parameter, the better the dry etching resistance.
Among them, the Onishi parameter of the acid-decomposable group is often 6.0 or less, and 4.0 or less is preferable, 3.5 or less is more preferable, and 3.0 or less is more preferable in that the above effect is more excellent. . The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is often 1.7 or more.
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(Q)を含有する場合、繰り返し単位(Q)の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、90モル%以下であり、20~45モル%が好ましく、30~45モル%がより好ましい。 When the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (Q), the content of the repeating unit (Q) is, for example, 90 mol% or less and 20 to 45 mol with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). % Is preferable, and 30 to 45 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 Resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよく、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は、下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としては、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-8)、一般式(LC1-16)、若しくは一般式(LC1-21)で表されるラクトン構造、又は、一般式(SL1-1)で表されるスルトン構造が挙げられる。
The lactone structure or sultone structure only needs to have a lactone structure or sultone structure, and a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable. Among them, a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure that is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered ring that forms a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. Those having other ring structures condensed to the sultone structure are more preferable.
The resin (A) is a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure. A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. As a preferable structure, general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-8), general formula (LC1-16), or general formula (LC1 -21), or a sultone structure represented by the general formula (SL1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても、有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、又は酸分解性基が好ましい。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group. A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or an acid-decomposable group is preferable. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 上記一般式(III)中、Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。
 Rは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。Rが複数個ある場合、Rは、各々独立に、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
 Zは、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。Zが複数個ある場合には、Zは、各々独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
In the general formula (III), A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond. When there are a plurality of Z, each Z independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
 Rのアルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよい。
 Zとしては、エーテル結合、又はエステル結合が好ましく、エステル結合がより好ましい。
The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and more preferably an ester bond.
 樹脂(A)は、カーボネート構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。カーボネート構造は、環状炭酸エステル構造であることが好ましい。
 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure. The carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.
The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 nは0以上の整数を表す。
 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、R は、各々独立して、置換基を表す。
 Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環構造又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。
In general formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
n represents an integer of 0 or more.
R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, each R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C (═O) —O— in the formula.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0370>~<0414>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 The resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and paragraphs <0370> to <0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in 1.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。 Resin (A) may have one or more repeating units having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and may have two or more in combination. It may be.
 以下に一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例、及び一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(III)におけるR及び一般式(A-1)におけるR がメチル基である場合に相当するが、R及びR は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) and specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) will be given below. It is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where R 7 in the general formula (III) and R A 1 in the general formula (A-1) are methyl groups, and R 7 and R A 1 are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom Or can be optionally substituted with a monovalent organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
 上記モノマーの他に、下記に示すモノマーも樹脂(A)の原料として好適に用いられる。 In addition to the above monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as the raw material for the resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 樹脂(A)に含まれるラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~65モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure contained in the resin (A) (selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure) The total number of repeating units having at least one kind is preferably 5 to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 to 65 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、水酸基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、及びフッ素化アルコール基等が挙げられる。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位が好ましい。また、極性基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造における、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、又はノルボルナン基が好ましい。
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
Examples of the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, and a fluorinated alcohol group.
The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group. Moreover, it is preferable that the repeating unit which has a polar group does not have an acid-decomposable group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group is preferably an adamantyl group or a norbornane group.
 以下に極性基を有する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having a polar group are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 この他にも、極性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0415>~<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、10~25モル%が更に好ましい。
In addition, specific examples of the repeating unit having a polar group include the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0415> to <0433> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1.
Resin (A) may have the repeating unit which has a polar group individually by 1 type, and may have 2 or more types together.
The content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably from 10 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
 樹脂(A)は、更に、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位は、脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0026083A1号明細書の段落<0236>~<0237>に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group. The repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs <0236> to <0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1. Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 この他にも、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、5~25モル%が更に好ましい。
Other specific examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group include the repeating unit disclosed in paragraph <0433> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. .
The resin (A) may have one type of repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group, or may have two or more types in combination.
The content of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、又は、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、所定の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。
Resin (A) is, other than the above repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or further, general required characteristics of resist, resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc. Various repeating structural units may be included for the purpose of adjusting the above.
Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
 所定の単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、及びビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物を用いてもよい。
 樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。
The predetermined monomer has one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from, for example, acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, and the like. Compounds and the like.
In addition, addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be used.
In the resin (A), the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
 本発明の組成物がArF露光用であるとき、ArF光の透過性の観点から、樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。より具体的には、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位が5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有さないことが更に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, the resin (A) preferably has substantially no aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 In the resin (A), it is preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A).
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用又はEUV露光用であるとき、樹脂(A)は芳香族炭化水素環基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。樹脂(A)がフェノール性水酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。フェノール性水酸基を含む繰り返し単位としては、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位、又は、ヒドロキシスチレン(メタ)アクリレート繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用又はEUV露光用であるとき、樹脂(A)は、フェノール性水酸基の水素原子が酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)に含まれる芳香族炭化水素環基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、30~100モル%が好ましく、40~100モル%がより好ましく、50~100モル%が更に好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure, or EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. It is more preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group. Examples of the repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group include a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit.
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure, or EUV exposure, the resin (A) is protected with a group (leaving group) from which the hydrogen atom of the phenolic hydroxyl group is eliminated by the action of an acid. It is preferable to have a structure.
The content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group contained in the resin (A) is preferably from 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 50 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~15,000が更に好ましく、3,000~11,000が特に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.2が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred. The degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and even more preferably 1.1 to 2.2. preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、樹脂(A)の含有量は、全固形分中に対して、一般的に20質量%以上の場合が多く、40質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましく、70質量%以上が更に好ましく、80質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99質量%以下がより好ましく、97質量%以下が更に好ましい。
Resin (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (A) is generally 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, based on the total solid content. 70 mass% or more is more preferable, and 80 mass% or more is particularly preferable. Although an upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, 99.5 mass% or less is preferable, 99 mass% or less is more preferable, and 97 mass% or less is still more preferable.
<光酸発生剤(C)>
 本発明の組成物は、光酸発生剤(以下、「光酸発生剤(C)」ともいう)を含有する。なお、光酸発生剤(C)には、後述する酸拡散制御剤(D)として用いる一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物は含まれない。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物である。
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。
<Photoacid generator (C)>
The composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter also referred to as “photoacid generator (C)”). In addition, the compound which has group represented by General formula (1B) used as an acid diffusion controlling agent (D) mentioned later is not contained in a photo-acid generator (C).
The photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
As the photoacid generator, a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable. Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0125>~<0319>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0086>~<0094>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0323>~<0402>に開示された公知の化合物を光酸発生剤(C)として好適に使用できる。 As the photoacid generator, known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, paragraphs <0125> to <0319> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs <0086> to <0094> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0323> to <0402> of the specification of 0237190A1 can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (C).
 光酸発生剤(C)としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)又は一般式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the photoacid generator (C), for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII) or general formula (ZIII) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 上記一般式(ZI)において、R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
 Z-は、アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group. The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
Z represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、化合物(ZI-3)及び化合物(ZI-4)における対応する基が挙げられる。
 なお、光酸発生剤(C)は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
Preferable embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include corresponding groups in the compound (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound (ZI-3) and the compound (ZI-4) described later. .
The photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded through a linking group.
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the arylsulfonium compound include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium compound has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, carbon (Chem. 6-14), an alkoxy group (for example, C 1-15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be substituted.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、さらに好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基である。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocyclo An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、及び、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, Propyl group, butyl group, and pentyl group) and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 一般式(ZI-3)中、R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基又はビニル基を表す。
In general formula (ZI-3), R 1c to R 5c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cyclo Represents an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group;
R 6c and R 7c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to form a ring structure. The ring structure may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, a 4- to 8-membered ring is preferable, and a 5- or 6-membered ring is more preferable.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
 Zcは、アニオンを表す。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
Zc - represents an anion.
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(ZI-4)中、lは0~2の整数を表す。rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In general formula (ZI-4), l represents an integer of 0 to 2. r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14 are present, they each independently represent the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain an oxygen atom or a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, it is preferred that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
Z represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14, and R 15 are linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like is more preferable.
 次に、一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。
 一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In the general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
Z represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記一般式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as the following general formula (3) The anion represented is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 一般式(3)中、oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。 In general formula (3), o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R及びRは、好ましくは水素原子である。
 少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。
R 4 and R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in formula (3).
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
L represents a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L are present, L may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include —COO — (— C (═O) —O—), —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, — SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and combinations thereof And divalent linking groups. Among these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH— alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Among these, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring that does not have aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and sultone ring include the lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the aforementioned resin. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic and spirocyclic). Any of them, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide Groups, and sulfonate groups. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 一般式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)q-W、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 Examples of the anion represented by the general formula (3) include SO 3 —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO— (L) q′—W, SO 3 —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO— (L). q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, SO 3 - -CF 2- CH (CF 3 ) —OCO— (L) q′—W is preferred. Here, L, q, and W are the same as those in the general formula (3). q ′ represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一態様において、一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In one embodiment, Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as is generally the following An anion represented by the formula (4) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(4)中、XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。
In General Formula (4), X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Preferably, at least one of X B3 and X B4 is a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both X B3 and X B4 are a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom. Is more preferable. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are alkyl groups substituted with a fluorine atom.
L, q and W are the same as those in the general formula (3).
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-は、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion Often, a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, the formula Z in (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) - Z in, and the general formula (ZI-4) - The following general formula (SA1) An aromatic sulfonate anion represented by the formula is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(SA1)中、Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。 In the formula (SA1), Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and the — (DB) group. Furthermore, examples of the substituent that may be included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3が更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 3.
 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof.
 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。 B represents a hydrocarbon group.
 好ましくは、Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造である。Bは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Preferably, D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
 一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
 一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of anion Z in general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), Zc in general formula (ZI-3), and Z in general formula (ZI-4) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用できる。 Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35質量%が好ましく、0.5~25質量%がより好ましく、1~22質量%が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含有する場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、1~35質量%が好ましく、1~30質量%がより好ましい。
The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form incorporated in a part of polymer and the form of a low molecular compound.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). .
A photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the photoacid generator (when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.5 to More preferred is 25% by mass, and further more preferred is 1 to 22% by mass.
When the photoacid generator contains a compound represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4), the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (when there are a plurality of types) The total) is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<酸拡散制御剤(D)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(D)を含むことが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤(D)は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0627>~<0664>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0095>~<0187>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0403>~<0423>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0259>~<0328>に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤(D)として好適に使用できる。
<Acid diffusion control agent (D)>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller (D). The acid diffusion controller (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid. For example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an onium salt (DC) that is a weak acid relative to a photoacid generator, nitrogen A low molecular compound (DD) having an atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety, or the like can be used as the acid diffusion controller. In the composition of the present invention, a known acid diffusion controller can be used as appropriate. For example, paragraphs <0627> to <0664> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs <0095> to <0187> of Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1. Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0403> to <0423> of the specification and paragraphs <0259> to <0328> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 are suitable as the acid diffusion control agent (D). Can be used for
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 As the basic compound (DA), compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (A) and (E), R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), or a cycloalkyl group. (Preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or the like is more preferable.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。 A basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group, and has an actinic ray or It is a compound that decomposes upon irradiation with radiation and whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappears, or changes from proton acceptor property to acidity.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having electrons or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a π conjugate. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられる。 Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(DB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。
The compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is reduced or lost, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid property is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group. Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound having a proton acceptor functional group (DB) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium is decreased.
Proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1を満たすことがより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3を満たすことが更に好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably −13 <pKa <−1, More preferably, 13 <pKa <-3 is satisfied.
 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。あるいは、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 The acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). It shows that acid strength is so large that the value of acid dissociation constant pKa is low. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in the aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, the following software package 1 can be used to calculate a value based on a Hammett substituent constant and a database of known literature values. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 本発明の組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。
 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (DC) that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is relatively weak with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are mixed and used, the photoacid generator is generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. When the acid generated from the acid collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, compounds represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mは各々独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, a carbon adjacent to S). R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group, and Rf is a fluorine atom. Each of the M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び一般式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the sulfonium cation or the iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表される。
A low molecular compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group leaving on the nitrogen atom by the action of an acid. It is preferable that it is an amine derivative having.
The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. .
The molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(d-1)において、Rbは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立に水酸基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In the general formula (d-1), each Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably a carbon atom). Represents an aralkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10). Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. It may be substituted with an atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
 Rbとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0466>に開示された構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons and derivatives thereof.
Specific examples of the structure represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph <0466> of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.
 化合物(DD)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有することが好ましい。 The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(6)において、lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にRbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In the general formula (6), l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are each independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb. A good group may be substituted with the same group as described above.
 上記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0475>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
Specific examples of the Ra alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group (these groups may be substituted with the above groups) include the same groups as those described above for Rb. It is done.
Specific examples of the particularly preferred compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph <0475> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子等)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落<0203>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic moiety are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly connected to the nitrogen atom.
Preferable specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph <0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 03009408A1.
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the acid diffusion controller (D) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000047
 また、本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(D)として、下記一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物を含有してもよい。 Further, the composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a group represented by the following general formula (1B) as the acid diffusion controller (D).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 一般式(1B)中、Aは、-N-SO-R、-COO、-O、又は-SO を表す。但し、Aが、-SO の場合、-SO がフッ素原子を有する炭素原子、又は芳香環に直接結合する場合はない。
 Rは、炭素数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の1価の炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~20の環状の1価の炭化水素基を表す。但し、これらの炭化水素基は、水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。Xは、オニウムカチオンを表す。
In the general formula (1B), A represents —N —SO 2 —R D , —COO , —O , or —SO 3 . However, when A is —SO 3 , —SO 3 is not directly bonded to a carbon atom having a fluorine atom or an aromatic ring.
R D represents a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. However, in these hydrocarbon groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with fluorine atoms. X + represents an onium cation.
 Rが示す炭素数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の1価の炭化水素基としては、例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及びブチル基等が挙げられる。
 Rが示す炭素数3~20の環状の1価の炭化水素基としては、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。
 Aは、炭素原子と結合するのが好ましく、上記炭素原子は電子求引性基(原子)を有さないことが好ましい。
Examples of the linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by RD include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
Examples of the cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms represented by RD include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
A is preferably bonded to a carbon atom, and the carbon atom preferably has no electron withdrawing group (atom).
 Xが示すオニウムカチオンとしては、例えば
 トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオン、4-シクロヘキシルフェニルジフェニルスルホニウムカチオン、4-メタンスルホニルフェニルジフェニルスルホニウムカチオン、下記一般式(2B)で表されるスルホン基含有トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオン等のスルホニウムカチオン;
 ジフェニルヨードニウムカチオン、ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムカチオン等のヨードニウムカチオン;
 1-(4-n-ブトキシナフタレン-1-イル)テトラヒドロチオフェニウムカチオン、1-(6-n-ブトキシナフタレン-2-イル)テトラヒドロチオフェニウムカチオン、及び1-(3,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)テトラヒドロチオフェニウムカチオン等のテトラヒドロチオフェニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。
 これらのうち、スルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオン及び上記式(2B)で表されるスルホン基含有トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
Examples of the onium cation represented by X + include a triphenylsulfonium cation, a 4-cyclohexylphenyldiphenylsulfonium cation, a 4-methanesulfonylphenyldiphenylsulfonium cation, and a sulfone group-containing triphenylsulfonium cation represented by the following general formula (2B). A sulfonium cation of
Iodonium cations such as diphenyliodonium cation and bis (4-t-butylphenyl) iodonium cation;
1- (4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation, 1- (6-n-butoxynaphthalen-2-yl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation, and 1- (3,5-dimethyl- And tetrahydrothiophenium cations such as 4-hydroxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophenium cation.
Among these, a sulfonium cation is preferable, and a triphenylsulfonium cation and a sulfone group-containing triphenylsulfonium cation represented by the above formula (2B) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 上記一般式(2B)中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、又は炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基である。なお、R~Rは、置換基(例えば置換基群T)を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (2B), R 6 to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number 1 to 10 alkoxy groups. R 6 to R 8 may have a substituent (for example, substituent group T).
 R~Rで表されるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 R~Rで表される炭素数1~10のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及びブチル基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rで表される炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rで表される炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、及びブトキシ基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 6 to R 8 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group.
Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 8 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group.
 上記一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物としては、低分子化合物であっても、重合体であってもよいが、なかでも、下記一般式(3B)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound having a group represented by the general formula (1B) may be a low molecular compound or a polymer, and among them, a compound represented by the following general formula (3B). It is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 上記一般式(3B)中、Rは、水素原子又は1価の有機基である。A及びXは、上記式(1B)と同義である。 In General Formula (3B), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. A and X + are as defined in the above formula (1B).
 Rで表される1価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基、及び、炭素数3~30の複素環式基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。また、Rにおいて、Aと結合する原子は炭素原子であることが好ましく、上記炭素原子は電子求引性基(原子)を有さないことが好ましい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 1 include alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include an aralkyl group and a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted. In R 1 , the atom bonded to A is preferably a carbon atom, and the carbon atom preferably has no electron withdrawing group (atom).
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び複素環式基が有する置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、及び、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heterocyclic group have include a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
 以下に、上記一般式(3B)で表される化合物の具体例を挙げるが、上記一般式(3B)で表される化合物はこれに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3B) are given below, but the compound represented by the general formula (3B) is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤(D)は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 組成物中、酸拡散制御剤(D)の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the acid diffusion controller (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition, the content of the acid diffusion controller (D) (the total when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to 5 mass% is more preferable.
 露光部と未露光部でのコントラストにより優れ、被エッチング物のパターン均一性により優れる点で、本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(D)として、塩基性化合物、又は、上記一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物を含有することが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention is a basic compound or the above general formula (D) as the acid diffusion controller (D) in that it is superior in contrast between an exposed area and an unexposed area, and more excellent in pattern uniformity of an object to be etched. It is preferable to contain a compound having a group represented by 1B).
<疎水性樹脂(E)>
 本発明の組成物は、疎水性樹脂(E)を含んでいてもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(E)は、樹脂(A)及び樹脂(B)とは異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂(E)を含むことにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御できる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
<Hydrophobic resin (E)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E). The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resin (A) and the resin (B).
When the composition of the present invention contains the hydrophobic resin (E), the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be controlled. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid follow-up in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (E) is not necessarily required to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(E)における上記フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the membrane surface layer. It is preferable that the resin has a repeating unit having at least one kind.
When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
 疎水性樹脂(E)がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう)
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) A group that decomposes by the action of an alkali developer and increases the solubility in the alkali developer (hereinafter also referred to as a polar conversion group).
(Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) And a methylene group.
The acid group is preferably a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimide group, or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)等が挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。又は、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer and increases the solubility in the alkali developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—), and an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC. (O)-), acid imide group (—NHCONH—), carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS—), carbonate ester group (—OC (O) O—), sulfate ester group (—OSO 2 O—), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include a repeating unit of an acrylate ester and a methacrylate ester. In this repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Or this repeating unit may be introduce | transduced into the terminal of resin using the polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent which has these groups at the time of superposition | polymerization.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer and increases the solubility in the alkali developer is 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is still more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、更に、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (E) are the same as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group mentioned in the resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
The hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a repeating unit different from the above-described repeating unit.
 フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。 The repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). The repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(E)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含まない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(E)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。 On the other hand, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, a mode in which the hydrophobic resin (E) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom.
 疎水性樹脂(E)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる残存モノマー及び/又はオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲である。 The total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer component contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落<0451>~<0704>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0340>~<0356>に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂(E)として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0177>~<0258>に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。 As the hydrophobic resin (E), publicly known resins can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, known resins disclosed in Paragraphs <0451> to <0704> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0168830A1 and Paragraphs <0340> to <0356> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1. Can be suitably used as the hydrophobic resin (E). Further, the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0177> to <0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as the repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
 疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂(E)を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 組成物中、疎水性樹脂(E)の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましい。
Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies from the viewpoint of compatibility between the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in the immersion exposure.
In the composition, the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition.
<溶剤(F)>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0665>~<0670>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0210>~<0235>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0424>~<0426>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0357>~<0366>に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
<Solvent (F)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
In the composition of the present invention, a known resist solvent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs <0665> to <0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs <0210> to <0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1, and Patent Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1. Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0424> to <0426> of the specification and paragraphs <0357> to <0366> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be preferably used.
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Examples thereof include an organic solvent such as a monoketone compound (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を有する溶剤と、水酸基を有さない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤、及び水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含む溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を有していてもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、これらの中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有さない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤でもよい。
As an organic solvent, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which has a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group.
As the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent not having a hydroxyl group, the above-described exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate. As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, an alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent having no hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate, etc. are preferable. Among these, propylene More preferred are glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, More preferred are cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone. As the solvent having no hydroxyl group, propylene carbonate is also preferable.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable in terms of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, may be a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent, or may be two or more mixed solvents containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
<界面活性剤(H)>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含む場合、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。
<Surfactant (H)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含むことにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないパターンを得ることができる。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0280>に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, a pattern having good adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution can be obtained.
Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraph <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
In addition, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10ppm以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂(E)の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. Thereby, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and water followability at the time of immersion exposure is improved.
(その他の添加剤)
 本発明の組成物は、更に、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、又は溶解促進剤等を含んでいてもよい。
(Other additives)
The composition of the present invention may further contain an acid proliferation agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, or a dissolution accelerator.
<調製方法>
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であることが好ましく、2.0~5.7質量%がより好ましく、2.0~5.3質量%が更に好ましい。固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
<Preparation method>
The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. . The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
 なお、パターン形成に際して、レジスト膜の膜厚は、解像力向上の観点から、300nm以下が好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性又は製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。 In the pattern formation, the thickness of the resist film is preferably 300 nm or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolution. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or film forming property.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば日本国特許出願公開第2002-62667号明細書(特開2002-62667)に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。 The composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate). The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and further preferably 0.03 μm or less. This filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In the filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-62667), a cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered. The composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and after filter filtration.
〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
[Method of manufacturing electronic device]
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method described above. The electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric / electronic device (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) -related devices, media-related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.). Is done.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the following examples.
〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製〕
 以下に、第2表に示す感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる各種成分を示す。
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The various components contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition shown in Table 2 are shown below.
<酸分解性樹脂>
 第2表に示される樹脂(P-1~P-13)は、以下に示す樹脂を用いた。
 また、第1表に、樹脂P-1~P-13における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比率)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位中の脱離基の分子量、及び、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位中のSi原子の含有量(質量%)を示す。
 また、樹脂P-6~P-9は、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位と、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造以外の「他の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位」とを有する樹脂に相当する。第1表に、上記「他の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位」の大西パラメーターを併せて示す。
 なお、樹脂P-1~P-13の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
<Acid-decomposable resin>
The resins shown below were used as the resins (P-1 to P-13) shown in Table 2.
Table 1 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the repeating units in the resins P-1 to P-13, and leaving groups containing Si atoms. And the molecular weight of the leaving group in the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected, and the content of the Si atom in the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by the leaving group containing an Si atom ( Mass%).
Resins P-6 to P-9 have a repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms, and a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms It corresponds to a resin having “a repeating unit having another acid-decomposable group”. Table 1 also shows the Onishi parameters of the above “repeating units having other acid-decomposable groups”.
The weight average molecular weights (Mw) and dispersities (Mw / Mn) of the resins P-1 to P-13 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
<光酸発生剤>
 第2表に示される光酸発生剤の構造を以下に示す。
<Photo acid generator>
The structure of the photoacid generator shown in Table 2 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
<酸拡散制御剤>
 第2表に示される酸拡散制御剤の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The structure of the acid diffusion controller shown in Table 2 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
<溶剤>
 第2表に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 SL-1: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-3: シクロヘキサノン
 SL-4: γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-5: プロピオンカーボネート
<Solvent>
The solvents shown in Table 2 are shown below.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-3: Cyclohexanone SL-4: γ-butyrolactone SL-5: Propion carbonate
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>
 第2表に示した各成分を固形分濃度が4質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を、0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルター濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(Ar-1)~(Ar-13)を調製した。なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。なお、後述する実施例1~11、及び、比較例1で用いられる組成物は、化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に該当する。後述する比較例2で用いられる組成物は、特許文献2に記載されたレジスト組成物に相当し、化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には該当しない。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
Each component shown in Table 2 was mixed so that the solid content concentration was 4% by mass. Next, the obtained mixture was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (Ar-1) to (Ar-13). In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was used in Examples and Comparative Examples. The compositions used in Examples 1 to 11 and Comparative Example 1 described later correspond to chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions. The composition used in Comparative Example 2 described later corresponds to the resist composition described in Patent Document 2, and does not correspond to the chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
〔パターン形成及び各種評価〕
1.実施例1~11、比較例1~2
<パターン形成:EUV露光、ドライ現像>
(レジスト膜の形成)
 シリコンウエハ上に、塗布により、スピンオンカーボン材料(Brewer製)を含有する塗膜を形成した後、240℃で60秒間ベークし、被エッチング物である膜厚200nmのSOC膜(下層膜)を形成した。得られたSOC膜上に、調製した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(Ar-1)~(Ar-13)を塗布して塗膜を形成した後、100℃で60秒間ベークを行うことにより、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
[Pattern formation and various evaluations]
1. Examples 1-11, Comparative Examples 1-2
<Pattern formation: EUV exposure, dry development>
(Formation of resist film)
A coating film containing a spin-on carbon material (manufactured by Brewer) is formed on a silicon wafer by coating and then baked at 240 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a 200 nm-thick SOC film (underlayer film) to be etched. did. On the obtained SOC film, the prepared actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (Ar-1) to (Ar-13) were applied to form a coating film, and then baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. As a result, a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm was formed.
(露光工程(EUV露光))
 このレジスト膜に対して、EUV露光機(ASML社製;NXE3350、NA0.33、Dipole 90°、アウターシグマ0.87、インナーシグマ0.35)を用い、ピッチが44nm且つ線幅が22nmの反射型マスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。
(Exposure process (EUV exposure))
For this resist film, an EUV exposure machine (manufactured by ASML; NXE3350, NA0.33, Dipole 90 °, outer sigma 0.87, inner sigma 0.35) is used, and the reflection is 44 nm in pitch and 22 nm in line width. Pattern exposure was performed through a mold mask.
(露光後加熱(PEB)工程)
 露光後、第3表に記載の条件で露光後加熱工程を実施した。
(Post-exposure heating (PEB) process)
After the exposure, a post-exposure heating step was performed under the conditions shown in Table 3.
(ドライ現像工程)
 露光したレジスト膜をTactras Vigas(東京エレクトロン製)を用い、下記エッチング条件にてエッチングを実施した。エッチングにより、レジスト膜の露光部、及び上記露光部の除去により形成される開口部に位置するSOC膜(下層膜)が除去される。つまり、上記エッチング工程は、ドライ現像工程を兼ねている。なお、エッチング時間は60秒間とした。この結果、ライン幅約22nm、及びスペース幅22nmのLS(ラインスペース)パターンが得られた。
≪エッチング条件≫
・エッチングガス:O
・圧力:20mTorr
・印加パワー:100mW/cm
(Dry development process)
Etching was performed on the exposed resist film under the following etching conditions using Tactras Vegas (manufactured by Tokyo Electron). By etching, the exposed portion of the resist film and the SOC film (lower layer film) located in the opening formed by removing the exposed portion are removed. That is, the etching process also serves as a dry development process. The etching time was 60 seconds. As a result, an LS (line space) pattern having a line width of about 22 nm and a space width of 22 nm was obtained.
<< Etching conditions >>
Etching gas: O 2
・ Pressure: 20 mTorr
Applied power: 100 mW / cm 2
<SOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性評価>
 次いで、上記エッチングを実施後のSOC膜(下層膜)を、断面SEM(Scanning Electron Microscope、日立社製S4800)によって観察し、エッチング後の被エッチング物であるSOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性を下記基準にて評価した。なお、下記評価基準において、「底部」とは、SOC膜とシリコンウエハとの界面を意図する。結果を第3表に示す。
 「A」:観察されたパターンのうち100%が底部までエッチングされている。
 「B」:観察されたパターンのうち50~99%が底部までエッチングされている。
 「C」:観察されたパターンのうち1~49%が底部までエッチングされている。
 「D」:パターンが形成されていない。
<Evaluation of pattern uniformity of SOC film (underlayer film)>
Next, the SOC film (lower layer film) after the etching is observed with a cross-sectional SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope, Hitachi S4800), and the pattern uniformity of the SOC film (lower layer film) that is the object to be etched after etching. Was evaluated according to the following criteria. In the following evaluation criteria, “bottom” means the interface between the SOC film and the silicon wafer. The results are shown in Table 3.
“A”: 100% of the observed pattern is etched to the bottom.
“B”: 50 to 99% of the observed pattern is etched to the bottom.
“C”: 1 to 49% of the observed pattern is etched to the bottom.
“D”: A pattern is not formed.
2.比較例3
<パターン形成:EUV露光、溶剤現像>
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物Ar-1を用いて、下記パターン形成方法によりパターンを形成し、得られたパターンに基づいてSOC膜(下層膜)のエッチングを実施した。
2. Comparative Example 3
<Pattern formation: EUV exposure, solvent development>
A pattern was formed by the following pattern formation method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition Ar-1, and the SOC film (lower layer film) was etched based on the obtained pattern.
(レジスト膜の形成)
 シリコンウエハ上に、塗布により、スピンオンカーボン材料(Brewer製)を含有する塗膜を形成した後、240℃で60秒間ベークし、被エッチング物である膜厚200nmのSOC膜(下層膜)を形成した。得られたSOC膜上に、調製した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(Ar-1)を塗布して塗膜を形成した後、100℃で60秒間ベークを行うことにより、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
(Formation of resist film)
A coating film containing a spin-on carbon material (manufactured by Brewer) is formed on a silicon wafer by coating and then baked at 240 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a 200 nm-thick SOC film (underlayer film) to be etched. did. On the obtained SOC film, the prepared actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (Ar-1) was applied to form a coating film, followed by baking at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a film thickness. A 100 nm resist film was formed.
(露光工程(EUV露光))
 このレジスト膜に対して、EUV露光機(ASML社製;NXE3350、NA0.33、Dipole 90°、アウターシグマ0.87、インナーシグマ0.35)を用い、ピッチが44nm且つ線幅が22nmの反射型マスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。
(Exposure process (EUV exposure))
For this resist film, an EUV exposure machine (manufactured by ASML; NXE3350, NA0.33, Dipole 90 °, outer sigma 0.87, inner sigma 0.35) is used, and the reflection is 44 nm in pitch and 22 nm in line width. Pattern exposure was performed through a mold mask.
(露光後加熱(PEB)工程)
 露光後、第3表に記載の条件で露光後加熱工程を実施した。
(Post-exposure heating (PEB) process)
After the exposure, a post-exposure heating step was performed under the conditions shown in Table 3.
(溶剤現像工程)
 次に、露光後加熱(PEB)工程を経たレジスト膜を、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、その後、これをスピン乾燥した。
(Solvent development process)
Next, the resist film that had undergone the post-exposure heating (PEB) step was developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and then spin-dried.
(エッチング工程)
 上記と同様の方法により、被エッチング物のエッチングを実施した。エッチングにより、レジスト膜の露光部をマスクとして、開口部(未露光部)に位置するSOC膜(下層膜)が除去される。なお、エッチング時間は60秒間とした。この結果、ライン幅約22nm、及びスペース幅22nmのLS(ラインスペース)パターンが得られた。
(Etching process)
The object to be etched was etched by the same method as described above. The SOC film (lower layer film) located in the opening (unexposed portion) is removed by etching using the exposed portion of the resist film as a mask. The etching time was 60 seconds. As a result, an LS (line space) pattern having a line width of about 22 nm and a space width of 22 nm was obtained.
<SOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性評価>
 上記と同様の方法により、被エッチング物であるSOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性評価を実施した。結果を第3表に示す。
<Evaluation of pattern uniformity of SOC film (underlayer film)>
Pattern uniformity evaluation of the SOC film (lower layer film) that is an object to be etched was performed by the same method as described above. The results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
 実施例1~11の結果から、本発明のパターン形成方法によれば、優れたパターン均一性を有する被エッチング物を形成できることが確認された。
 一方、比較例1の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(Ar-12)を用いた場合には、脱離基の揮発性に劣り、この結果、露光部と未露光部とのSi原子の含有量の差が小さくなり、所望の効果が発現しないことが確認された。また、比較例2の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(Ar-13)を用いた場合には、化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物ではないため、所望の効果が発現しないことが確認された。また、比較例3では現像工程としてドライ現像ではなく溶剤現像を実施したことにより、所望の効果が発現しなかったものと推測された。
From the results of Examples 1 to 11, it was confirmed that according to the pattern forming method of the present invention, an object to be etched having excellent pattern uniformity can be formed.
On the other hand, when the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (Ar-12) of Comparative Example 1 was used, the volatility of the leaving group was inferior, and as a result, the Si between the exposed and unexposed areas was poor. It was confirmed that the difference in atomic content was reduced and the desired effect was not exhibited. In addition, when the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (Ar-13) of Comparative Example 2 is used, it is not a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, so that the desired It was confirmed that no effect was exhibited. In Comparative Example 3, it was presumed that the desired effect was not manifested by carrying out solvent development instead of dry development as the development step.
 また、実施例1~9の対比、及び実施例10と11の対比から、脱離基の分子量が110以下の場合(好ましくは、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位中のSi原子の含有量が12.0質量%以上であり、且つ、上記脱離基の分子量が110以下の場合)、被エッチング物のパターン均一性がより優れることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison between Examples 1 to 9 and the comparison between Examples 10 and 11, when the molecular weight of the leaving group is 110 or less (preferably, the structure in which the polar group is protected by the leaving group containing Si atom) When the content of Si atoms in the repeating unit containing 12.0% by mass or more and the molecular weight of the leaving group is 110 or less), it is confirmed that the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched is more excellent. It was.
 また、酸分解性樹脂が、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位以外の、他の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有する場合には、実施例6及び実施例7の対比から、他の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位中の酸分解性基の大西パラメーターが4.0以下(好ましくは3.0以下)である場合、被エッチング物のパターン均一性がより優れることが確認された。
 また、実施例5、7、8、9の対比から、酸分解性樹脂が、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位以外の、他の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有する場合、Si原子を含有する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が全繰り返し単位に対して50質量%以上である場合、被エッチング物のパターン均一性がより優れることが確認された。
In addition, when the acid-decomposable resin has a repeating unit having another acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atom, Example 6 From the comparison with Example 7, when the Onishi parameter of the acid-decomposable group in the repeating unit having another acid-decomposable group is 4.0 or less (preferably 3.0 or less), the pattern uniformity of the object to be etched It was confirmed that the property is superior.
Further, from the comparison of Examples 5, 7, 8, and 9, the acid-decomposable resin is other acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected with a leaving group containing Si atom. When the content of the repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group containing Si atoms is 50% by mass or more based on the total repeating units, It was confirmed that the pattern uniformity was more excellent.
3.実施例1’~9’
<パターン形成:ArF露光、ドライ現像>
 実施例1~9のパターン形成において露光工程を下記条件のArF露光とした以外は同様の方法により、実施例1’~9’のパターン形成をそれぞれ実施した。
3. Examples 1'-9 '
<Pattern formation: ArF exposure, dry development>
In the pattern formation of Examples 1 to 9, the pattern formation of Examples 1 ′ to 9 ′ was performed by the same method except that the exposure process was ArF exposure under the following conditions.
(ArF露光)
 レジスト膜厚を500nmとし、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、Dipole、アウターシグマ0.980、インナーシグマ0.89、Y偏向)を用い、ピッチが100nm且つ線幅が50nmのクロムのハーフトーンマスクを介して、パターン露光を行った以外は同様の操作を行い、ライン幅約50nm、スペース幅50nmのLSパターンが得られた。
(ArF exposure)
Using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, Dipole, outer sigma 0.980, inner sigma 0.89, Y deflection) with a resist film thickness of 500 nm, a pitch of 100 nm and a line width A LS pattern having a line width of about 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm was obtained by performing the same operation except that pattern exposure was performed through a chromium halftone mask having a thickness of 50 nm.
<SOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性評価>
 上記と同様の方法により、SOC膜(下層膜)のパターン均一性評価を実施した。
 この結果、露光工程をArF露光とした実施例1’~9’についても、実施例1~9と同様の結果が得られた。
 
<Evaluation of pattern uniformity of SOC film (underlayer film)>
The pattern uniformity of the SOC film (lower layer film) was evaluated by the same method as described above.
As a result, the same results as in Examples 1 to 9 were obtained for Examples 1 ′ to 9 ′ in which the exposure process was ArF exposure.

Claims (9)

  1.  化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記レジスト膜を加熱する露光後加熱工程と、
     加熱された前記レジスト膜をドライ現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法であって、
     前記化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、
     酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基を有する樹脂と、
     光酸発生剤と、を含有し、
     前記酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基は、極性基が、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で保護された構造を有し、
     前記脱離基はSi原子を含有し、前記脱離基の分子量は500以下である、パターン形成方法。
    A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using a chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;
    An exposure step of exposing the resist film;
    A post-exposure heating step for heating the exposed resist film;
    A development step of dry developing the heated resist film, and a pattern forming method comprising:
    The chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is
    A resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity;
    A photoacid generator,
    The group that decomposes by the action of an acid and increases in polarity has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid,
    The pattern forming method, wherein the leaving group contains Si atoms, and the molecular weight of the leaving group is 500 or less.
  2.  前記酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基が、下記一般式(a)で表される構造、又は下記一般式(b)で表される構造を有する、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(a)及び一般式(b)中、Ps1及びPs2は、それぞれ独立に、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。
    The pattern formation according to claim 1, wherein the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity has a structure represented by the following general formula (a) or a structure represented by the following general formula (b). Method.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (a) and the general formula (b), P s1 and P s2 each independently represent a leaving group having an Si atom and a molecular weight of 500 or less that is eliminated by the action of an acid. * Represents a bonding position.
  3.  前記樹脂が、下記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、又は、下記一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項1又は2に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(1A)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。Ps1は、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基であって、下記一般式(1A-1)で表される基である。
     *-L-X    (1A-1)
     一般式(1A-1)中、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Xは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     一般式(2A)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。Ps2は、酸の作用により脱離する、Si原子を含有し分子量が500以下の脱離基であって、下記一般式(2A-1)で表される基である。
     *-L-X    (2A-1)
     一般式(2A-1)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Xは、Si原子を含有する有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    The pattern formation method of Claim 1 or 2 in which the said resin has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1A) or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In general formula (1A), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. P s1 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is a group represented by the following general formula (1A-1).
    * -L 1 -X 1 (1A-1)
    In general formula (1A-1), L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X 1 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In General Formula (2A), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. P s2 is a leaving group containing Si atoms and having a molecular weight of 500 or less, which is eliminated by the action of an acid, and is represented by the following general formula (2A-1).
    * -L 2 -X 2 (2A-1)
    In general formula (2A-1), L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. X 2 represents an organic group containing a Si atom. * Represents a binding position.
  4.  前記Xが、下記一般式(1A-2)で表される有機基である、請求項3に記載のパターン形成方法。
     *-O-L-Si(R    (1A-2)
     一般式(1A-2)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rは、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    The pattern formation method according to claim 3, wherein X 1 is an organic group represented by the following general formula (1A-2).
    * -OL 3 -Si (R 3 ) 3 (1A-2)
    In general formula (1A-2), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
  5.  前記Xが、下記一般式(2A-2)で表される有機基である、請求項3又は4に記載のパターン形成方法。
     *-L-L-Si(R    (2A-2)
     一般式(2A-2)中、Lは、単結合又は酸素原子を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rは、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    5. The pattern forming method according to claim 3, wherein X 2 is an organic group represented by the following general formula (2A-2).
    * -L 4 -L 5 -Si (R 4 ) 3 (2A-2)
    In general formula (2A-2), L 4 represents a single bond or an oxygen atom. L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. * Represents a binding position.
  6.  前記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位、又は、前記一般式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位中のSi原子の含有量が12.0質量%以上である、請求項3~5のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The content of Si atom in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2A) is 12.0% by mass or more. The pattern formation method of any one of Claims 1.
  7.  前記脱離基の分子量が、110以下である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the molecular weight of the leaving group is 110 or less.
  8.  前記化学増幅型の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、塩基性化合物、又は、下記一般式(1B)で表される基を有する化合物を含有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     
     一般式(1B)中、Aは、-N-SO-R、-COO、-O、又は-SO を表す。但し、Aが、-SO の場合、-SO がフッ素原子を有する炭素原子、又は芳香環に直接結合する場合はない。
     Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の1価の炭化水素基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~20の環状の1価の炭化水素基を表す。但し、これらの炭化水素基は、水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。Xは、オニウムカチオンを表す。
    The chemically amplified actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a basic compound or a compound having a group represented by the following general formula (1B). The pattern formation method of any one of Claims 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004


    In the general formula (1B), A represents —N —SO 2 —R D , —COO , —O , or —SO 3 . However, when A is —SO 3 , —SO 3 is not directly bonded to a carbon atom having a fluorine atom or an aromatic ring.
    RD is a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group. However, in these hydrocarbon groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with fluorine atoms. X + represents an onium cation.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
PCT/JP2018/006602 2017-03-31 2018-02-23 Pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device WO2018180069A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017071101A JP2020095068A (en) 2017-03-31 2017-03-31 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2017-071101 2017-03-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018180069A1 true WO2018180069A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Family

ID=63675503

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/006602 WO2018180069A1 (en) 2017-03-31 2018-02-23 Pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2020095068A (en)
TW (1) TW201837066A (en)
WO (1) WO2018180069A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020171006A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 Jsr株式会社 Method for producing semiconductor substrate, and composition
WO2021120106A1 (en) * 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd. Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method of forming resist pattern, and method of forming wiring pattern
US11372329B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-06-28 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11921427B2 (en) 2018-11-14 2024-03-05 Lam Research Corporation Methods for making hard masks useful in next-generation lithography
KR20210095218A (en) * 2018-12-20 2021-07-30 램 리써치 코포레이션 dry development of resists
WO2021146138A1 (en) 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Lam Research Corporation Underlayer for photoresist adhesion and dose reduction

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02115853A (en) * 1988-10-26 1990-04-27 Fujitsu Ltd Production of semiconductor device
JP2003147022A (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-21 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Syndiotactic substituted hydroxystyrene-based polymer and photosensitive composition
JP2015025879A (en) * 2013-07-24 2015-02-05 Jsr株式会社 Resin composition, polymer, and method for forming resist pattern
WO2017002430A1 (en) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern molding method, and electronic device production method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02115853A (en) * 1988-10-26 1990-04-27 Fujitsu Ltd Production of semiconductor device
JP2003147022A (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-21 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Syndiotactic substituted hydroxystyrene-based polymer and photosensitive composition
JP2015025879A (en) * 2013-07-24 2015-02-05 Jsr株式会社 Resin composition, polymer, and method for forming resist pattern
WO2017002430A1 (en) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern molding method, and electronic device production method

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11372329B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-06-28 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
WO2020171006A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 Jsr株式会社 Method for producing semiconductor substrate, and composition
WO2021120106A1 (en) * 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Showa Denko Materials Co., Ltd. Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method of forming resist pattern, and method of forming wiring pattern

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201837066A (en) 2018-10-16
JP2020095068A (en) 2020-06-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5957499B2 (en) High molecular compound
JP6664440B2 (en) Photoresist containing ionic compound
WO2018212079A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2018180069A1 (en) Pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device
US8815492B2 (en) Chemically amplified positive resist composition for ArF immersion lithography and pattern forming process
WO2020066824A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5723829B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blanks, and pattern forming method
JP2012012577A (en) Polymerizable monomer, polymer compound, chemically amplified positive resist material, and method for forming pattern
WO2019123895A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
JP2018155788A (en) Active ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation metho, and electronic device production method
WO2018180070A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2019064976A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device
JP2023016886A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method therefor, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7212029B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2018168260A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR20190085073A (en) Sensitive active or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, and a photoacid generator
JP6911053B2 (en) Sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing an electronic device.
WO2018168258A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device
JP7210364B2 (en) PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, ION IMPLANTATION METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
WO2023145564A1 (en) Active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
JP7059186B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2019187632A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polyester
CN111095106A (en) Pattern forming method, ion implantation method, laminate, kit, resist underlayer film forming composition, resist composition, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR102655997B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7191981B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18775178

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18775178

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP